1#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
   2#define __NET_CFG80211_H
   3/*
   4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
   5 *
   6 * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
   7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
   8 * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
   9 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
  10 *
  11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
  13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
  14 */
  15
 
 
  16#include <linux/netdevice.h>
  17#include <linux/debugfs.h>
  18#include <linux/list.h>
  19#include <linux/bug.h>
  20#include <linux/netlink.h>
  21#include <linux/skbuff.h>
  22#include <linux/nl80211.h>
  23#include <linux/if_ether.h>
  24#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
  25#include <linux/net.h>
 
  26#include <net/regulatory.h>
  27
  28/**
  29 * DOC: Introduction
  30 *
  31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
  32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
  33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
  34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
  35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
  36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
  37 *
  38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
  39 * use restrictions.
  40 */
  41
  42
  43/**
  44 * DOC: Device registration
  45 *
  46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
  47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
  48 * described below.
  49 *
  50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
  51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
  52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
  53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
  54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
  55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
  56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
  57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
  58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
  59 *
  60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
  61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
  62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
  63 */
  64
  65struct wiphy;
  66
  67/*
  68 * wireless hardware capability structures
  69 */
  70
  71/**
  72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
  73 *
  74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
  75 *
  76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
  77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
  78 * 	sending probe requests or beaconing.
 
 
  79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
  80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
  81 * 	is not permitted.
  82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
  83 * 	is not permitted.
  84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
  85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
  86 *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
  87 *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
  88 *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
  89 *	restrictions.
  90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
  91 *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
  92 *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
  93 *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
  94 *	restrictions.
  95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
  96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
  97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
  98 *	on this channel.
  99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
 100 *	on this channel.
 101 *
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 102 */
 103enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
 104	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
 105	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
 106	/* hole at 1<<2 */
 107	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
 108	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
 109	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
 110	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
 111	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
 112	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
 113	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
 114	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
 115	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
 116	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 117};
 118
 119#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
 120	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
 121
 122#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
 123#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)
 124
 125/**
 126 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
 127 *
 128 * This structure describes a single channel for use
 129 * with cfg80211.
 130 *
 131 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
 
 132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
 133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
 134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
 135 *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
 136 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
 137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
 138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
 139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
 140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
 141 *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
 142 *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
 143 * @orig_mag: internal use
 144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
 145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
 146 *	on this channel.
 147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
 148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
 
 149 */
 150struct ieee80211_channel {
 151	enum nl80211_band band;
 152	u16 center_freq;
 
 153	u16 hw_value;
 154	u32 flags;
 155	int max_antenna_gain;
 156	int max_power;
 157	int max_reg_power;
 158	bool beacon_found;
 159	u32 orig_flags;
 160	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
 161	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
 162	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
 163	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
 
 164};
 165
 166/**
 167 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
 168 *
 169 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
 170 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
 171 * different bands/PHY modes.
 172 *
 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
 174 *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
 175 *	with CCK rates.
 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 177 *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
 178 *	core code when registering the wiphy.
 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 180 *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 181 *	core code when registering the wiphy.
 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 183 *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 184 *	core code when registering the wiphy.
 185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
 187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
 188 */
 189enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
 190	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
 191	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
 192	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
 193	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
 194	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
 195	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
 196	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
 197};
 198
 199/**
 200 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
 201 *
 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
 206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
 207 */
 208enum ieee80211_bss_type {
 209	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
 210	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
 211	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
 212	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
 213	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
 214};
 215
 216/**
 217 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
 218 *
 219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
 221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
 222 */
 223enum ieee80211_privacy {
 224	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
 225	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
 226	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
 227};
 228
 229#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
 230	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
 231
 232/**
 233 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
 234 *
 235 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
 236 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
 237 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
 238 * passed around.
 239 *
 240 * @flags: rate-specific flags
 241 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
 242 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
 243 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
 244 *	short preamble is used
 245 */
 246struct ieee80211_rate {
 247	u32 flags;
 248	u16 bitrate;
 249	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
 250};
 251
 252/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 253 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
 254 *
 255 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 256 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
 257 *
 258 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
 259 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
 260 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
 261 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
 262 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
 263 */
 264struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
 265	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
 266	bool ht_supported;
 267	u8 ampdu_factor;
 268	u8 ampdu_density;
 269	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
 270};
 271
 272/**
 273 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
 274 *
 275 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 276 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
 277 *
 278 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
 279 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
 280 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
 281 */
 282struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
 283	bool vht_supported;
 284	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
 285	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
 286};
 287
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 288/**
 289 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
 290 *
 291 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
 292 * is able to operate in.
 293 *
 294 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
 295 *	in this band.
 296 * @band: the band this structure represents
 297 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
 298 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
 299 *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
 300 *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
 301 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
 302 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
 303 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 304 */
 305struct ieee80211_supported_band {
 306	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
 307	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
 308	enum nl80211_band band;
 309	int n_channels;
 310	int n_bitrates;
 311	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
 312	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
 
 
 
 
 313};
 314
 315/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 316 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
 317 *
 318 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
 319 *
 320 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
 321 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
 322 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
 323 *
 324 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
 325 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
 326 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
 327 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
 328 * without affecting other devices.
 329 *
 330 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
 331 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
 332 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
 333 */
 334#ifdef CONFIG_OF
 335void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 336#else /* CONFIG_OF */
 337static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
 338{
 339}
 340#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
 341
 342
 343/*
 344 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
 345 */
 346
 347/**
 348 * DOC: Actions and configuration
 349 *
 350 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
 351 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
 352 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
 353 * operations use are described separately.
 354 *
 355 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
 356 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
 357 *
 358 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
 359 * in a separate chapter.
 360 */
 361
 362#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
 363				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
 364
 365/**
 366 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
 367 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
 368 *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
 369 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
 370 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
 371 *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
 372 *	determine the address as needed.
 373 *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
 374 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
 375 **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
 376 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
 377 *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
 378 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
 379 *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
 380 */
 381struct vif_params {
 382	u32 flags;
 383	int use_4addr;
 384	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
 385	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
 386	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
 387};
 388
 389/**
 390 * struct key_params - key information
 391 *
 392 * Information about a key
 393 *
 394 * @key: key material
 395 * @key_len: length of key material
 396 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
 397 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
 398 *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
 399 *	length given by @seq_len.
 400 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
 
 
 401 */
 402struct key_params {
 403	const u8 *key;
 404	const u8 *seq;
 405	int key_len;
 406	int seq_len;
 
 407	u32 cipher;
 
 408};
 409
 410/**
 411 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
 412 * @chan: the (control) channel
 413 * @width: channel width
 414 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
 415 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
 416 *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 417 */
 418struct cfg80211_chan_def {
 419	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
 420	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
 421	u32 center_freq1;
 422	u32 center_freq2;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 423};
 424
 425/**
 426 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
 427 * @chandef: the channel definition
 428 *
 429 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
 430 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
 431 */
 432static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
 433cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 434{
 435	switch (chandef->width) {
 436	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
 437		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
 438	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
 439		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
 440	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
 441		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
 442			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
 443		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
 444	default:
 445		WARN_ON(1);
 446		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
 447	}
 448}
 449
 450/**
 451 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
 452 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
 453 * @channel: the control channel
 454 * @chantype: the channel type
 455 *
 456 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
 457 */
 458void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 459			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
 460			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
 461
 462/**
 463 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
 464 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 465 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 466 *
 467 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
 468 * identical, %false otherwise.
 469 */
 470static inline bool
 471cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
 472			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
 473{
 474	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
 475		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
 476		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
 477		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 478}
 479
 480/**
 481 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
 482 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 483 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 484 *
 485 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
 486 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
 487 */
 488const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
 489cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
 490			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
 491
 492/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 493 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
 494 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 495 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
 496 */
 497bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 498
 499/**
 500 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
 501 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 502 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 503 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
 504 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
 505 */
 506bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 507			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 508			     u32 prohibited_flags);
 509
 510/**
 511 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
 512 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 513 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 514 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
 515 * Returns:
 516 *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
 517 */
 518int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 519				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 520				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
 521
 522/**
 523 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 524 *
 525 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
 526 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
 527 *
 528 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 529 *
 530 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
 531 */
 532static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
 533ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 534{
 535	switch (chandef->width) {
 536	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
 537		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
 538	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
 539		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
 540	default:
 541		break;
 542	}
 543	return 0;
 544}
 545
 546/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 547 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
 548 *
 549 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
 550 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
 551 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
 552 *
 553 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 554 *
 555 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
 556 */
 557static inline int
 558ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 559{
 560	switch (chandef->width) {
 561	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
 562		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
 563			   chandef->chan->max_power);
 564	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
 565		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
 566			   chandef->chan->max_power);
 567	default:
 568		break;
 569	}
 570	return chandef->chan->max_power;
 571}
 572
 573/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 574 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
 575 *
 576 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
 577 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
 578 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
 579 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
 580 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
 581 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
 582 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
 583 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
 
 584 *
 585 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
 586 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
 587 */
 588enum survey_info_flags {
 589	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
 590	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
 591	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
 592	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
 593	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
 594	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
 595	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
 596	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
 
 597};
 598
 599/**
 600 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
 601 *
 602 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
 603 *	record to report global statistics
 604 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
 605 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
 606 *	optional
 607 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
 608 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
 609 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
 610 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
 611 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
 612 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
 
 613 *
 614 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
 615 *
 616 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
 617 * channel duty cycle etc.
 618 */
 619struct survey_info {
 620	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
 621	u64 time;
 622	u64 time_busy;
 623	u64 time_ext_busy;
 624	u64 time_rx;
 625	u64 time_tx;
 626	u64 time_scan;
 
 627	u32 filled;
 628	s8 noise;
 629};
 630
 631#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4
 632
 633/**
 634 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
 635 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
 636 *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
 637 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
 638 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
 639 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
 640 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
 641 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
 642 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
 643 *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
 644 *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
 645 *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
 646 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
 647 *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
 648 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
 649 *	protocol frames.
 650 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
 651 *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
 652 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
 653 *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
 654 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
 655 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 656 */
 657struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
 658	u32 wpa_versions;
 659	u32 cipher_group;
 660	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
 661	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
 662	int n_akm_suites;
 663	u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
 664	bool control_port;
 665	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
 666	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
 667	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
 668	struct key_params *wep_keys;
 669	int wep_tx_key;
 670	const u8 *psk;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 671};
 672
 673/**
 674 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
 
 675 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
 676 *	or %NULL if not changed
 677 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
 678 *	or %NULL if not changed
 679 * @head_len: length of @head
 680 * @tail_len: length of @tail
 681 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
 682 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
 683 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
 684 *	frames or %NULL
 685 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
 686 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
 687 *	Response frames or %NULL
 688 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
 689 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
 690 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 691 */
 692struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
 
 
 693	const u8 *head, *tail;
 694	const u8 *beacon_ies;
 695	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
 696	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
 697	const u8 *probe_resp;
 
 
 
 
 
 698
 699	size_t head_len, tail_len;
 700	size_t beacon_ies_len;
 701	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
 702	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
 703	size_t probe_resp_len;
 
 
 
 
 704};
 705
 706struct mac_address {
 707	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
 708};
 709
 710/**
 711 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
 712 *
 713 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
 714 *	entry specified by mac_addr
 715 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
 716 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
 717 */
 718struct cfg80211_acl_data {
 719	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
 720	int n_acl_entries;
 721
 722	/* Keep it last */
 723	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
 724};
 725
 726/*
 727 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 728 */
 729struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
 730	struct {
 731		u32 legacy;
 732		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
 733		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
 734		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
 735	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 736};
 737
 738/**
 739 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
 740 *
 741 * Used to configure an AP interface.
 742 *
 743 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
 744 * @beacon: beacon data
 745 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
 746 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
 747 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
 748 *	user space)
 749 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
 750 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
 751 * @crypto: crypto settings
 752 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
 753 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
 754 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
 755 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
 756 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
 757 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
 758 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
 759 *	MAC address based access control
 760 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
 761 *	networks.
 762 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
 763 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
 764 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
 
 
 
 765 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
 766 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 767 */
 768struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
 769	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
 770
 771	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
 772
 773	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
 774	const u8 *ssid;
 775	size_t ssid_len;
 776	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
 777	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
 778	bool privacy;
 779	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
 780	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
 781	int inactivity_timeout;
 782	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
 783	bool p2p_opp_ps;
 784	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
 785	bool pbss;
 786	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
 787
 788	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
 789	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
 790	bool ht_required, vht_required;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 791};
 792
 793/**
 794 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
 795 *
 796 * Used for channel switch
 797 *
 798 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
 799 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
 800 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
 801 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
 802 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
 803 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
 804 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
 805 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
 806 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
 807 * @count: number of beacons until switch
 
 
 808 */
 809struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
 810	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
 811	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
 812	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
 813	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
 814	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
 815	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
 816	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
 817	bool radar_required;
 818	bool block_tx;
 819	u8 count;
 
 820};
 821
 822#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 823
 824/**
 825 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
 826 *
 827 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
 828 *
 
 829 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
 830 *	to use for verification
 831 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
 832 *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
 833 *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
 834 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
 835 *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
 836 *	nl80211_iftype.
 837 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
 838 *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
 839 *	the verification
 840 */
 841struct iface_combination_params {
 
 842	int num_different_channels;
 843	u8 radar_detect;
 844	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
 845	u32 new_beacon_int;
 846};
 847
 848/**
 849 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
 850 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
 851 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
 852 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
 853 *
 854 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
 855 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
 856 */
 857enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
 858	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
 859	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
 860	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
 861};
 862
 863/**
 864 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
 865 *
 866 * Used to change and create a new station.
 867 *
 868 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 869 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
 870 *	(or NULL for no change)
 871 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 872 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
 873 *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
 874 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
 875 *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
 876 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
 877 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
 
 878 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
 879 * @plink_action: plink action to take
 880 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
 881 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
 882 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
 883 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
 884 *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
 885 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
 886 *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
 887 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
 888 *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
 889 *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
 890 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
 891 *	to unknown)
 892 * @capability: station capability
 893 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
 894 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
 895 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
 896 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
 897 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
 898 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
 899 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
 900 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
 901 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
 
 
 902 */
 903struct station_parameters {
 904	const u8 *supported_rates;
 905	struct net_device *vlan;
 906	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
 907	u32 sta_modify_mask;
 908	int listen_interval;
 909	u16 aid;
 
 910	u16 peer_aid;
 911	u8 supported_rates_len;
 912	u8 plink_action;
 913	u8 plink_state;
 914	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
 915	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
 916	u8 uapsd_queues;
 917	u8 max_sp;
 918	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
 919	u16 capability;
 920	const u8 *ext_capab;
 921	u8 ext_capab_len;
 922	const u8 *supported_channels;
 923	u8 supported_channels_len;
 924	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
 925	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
 926	u8 opmode_notif;
 927	bool opmode_notif_used;
 928	int support_p2p_ps;
 
 
 929};
 930
 931/**
 932 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
 933 *
 934 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
 935 *
 936 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
 937 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
 938 *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
 939 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
 
 
 
 940 */
 941struct station_del_parameters {
 942	const u8 *mac;
 943	u8 subtype;
 944	u16 reason_code;
 
 945};
 946
 947/**
 948 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
 949 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
 950 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
 951 *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
 952 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
 953 *	the AP MLME in the device
 954 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
 955 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
 956 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
 957 *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
 958 *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
 959 *	supported/used)
 960 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
 961 *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
 962 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
 963 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
 964 */
 965enum cfg80211_station_type {
 966	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
 967	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
 968	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
 969	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
 970	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
 971	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
 972	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
 973	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
 974	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
 975};
 976
 977/**
 978 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
 979 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
 980 * @params: the new parameters for a station
 981 * @statype: the type of station being modified
 982 *
 983 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
 984 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
 985 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
 986 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
 987 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
 
 
 988 */
 989int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 990				  struct station_parameters *params,
 991				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
 992
 993/**
 994 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
 995 *
 996 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
 997 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
 998 *
 999 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1000 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1001 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1002 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS
 
 
 
 
 
1003 */
1004enum rate_info_flags {
1005	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
1006	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
1007	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
1008	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G			= BIT(3),
 
 
 
 
 
1009};
1010
1011/**
1012 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1013 *
1014 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1015 *
1016 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1017 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1018 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1019 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1020 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1021 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1022 */
1023enum rate_info_bw {
1024	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1025	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1026	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1027	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1028	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1029	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1030};
1031
1032/**
1033 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1034 *
1035 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1036 *
1037 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1038 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes a 802.11n bitrate
1039 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1040 * @nss: number of streams (VHT only)
 
1041 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1042 */
1043struct rate_info {
1044	u8 flags;
1045	u8 mcs;
1046	u16 legacy;
 
1047	u8 nss;
1048	u8 bw;
 
 
 
 
 
 
1049};
1050
1051/**
1052 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1053 *
1054 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1055 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1056 *
1057 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1058 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1059 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1060 */
1061enum bss_param_flags {
1062	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
1063	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
1064	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
1065};
1066
1067/**
1068 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1069 *
1070 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1071 *
1072 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1073 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1074 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1075 */
1076struct sta_bss_parameters {
1077	u8 flags;
1078	u8 dtim_period;
1079	u16 beacon_interval;
1080};
1081
1082/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1083 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1084 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1085 *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1086 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1087 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1088 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1089 *	transmitted MSDUs
1090 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
 
1091 */
1092struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1093	u32 filled;
1094	u64 rx_msdu;
1095	u64 tx_msdu;
1096	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1097	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
 
1098};
1099
1100#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4
1101
1102/**
1103 * struct station_info - station information
1104 *
1105 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1106 *
1107 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1108 *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1109 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1110 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
 
1111 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1112 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1113 * @llid: mesh local link id
1114 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1115 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1116 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1117 *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1118 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1119 *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1120 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1121 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1122 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1123 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1124 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1125 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1126 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1127 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1128 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1129 * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1130 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1131 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1132 *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
1133 *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1134 *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1135 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1136 *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1137 *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1138 *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1139 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1140 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1141 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1142 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1143 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1144 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1145 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1146 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1147 *	towards this station.
1148 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1149 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1150 *	from this peer
 
1151 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
 
 
1152 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1153 *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
 
1154 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1155 */
1156struct station_info {
1157	u64 filled;
1158	u32 connected_time;
1159	u32 inactive_time;
 
1160	u64 rx_bytes;
1161	u64 tx_bytes;
1162	u16 llid;
1163	u16 plid;
1164	u8 plink_state;
1165	s8 signal;
1166	s8 signal_avg;
1167
1168	u8 chains;
1169	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1170	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1171
1172	struct rate_info txrate;
1173	struct rate_info rxrate;
1174	u32 rx_packets;
1175	u32 tx_packets;
1176	u32 tx_retries;
1177	u32 tx_failed;
1178	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1179	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1180	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1181
1182	int generation;
1183
1184	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1185	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1186
1187	u32 beacon_loss_count;
1188	s64 t_offset;
1189	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1190	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1191	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1192
1193	u32 expected_throughput;
1194
1195	u64 rx_beacon;
1196	u64 rx_duration;
 
1197	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1198	struct cfg80211_tid_stats pertid[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
 
 
1199	s8 ack_signal;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1200};
1201
1202#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1203/**
1204 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1205 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1206 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1207 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1208 *
1209 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1210 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1211 * considered undefined.
1212 */
1213int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1214			 struct station_info *sinfo);
1215#else
1216static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1217				       const u8 *mac_addr,
1218				       struct station_info *sinfo)
1219{
1220	return -ENOENT;
1221}
1222#endif
1223
1224/**
1225 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1226 *
1227 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1228 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1229 *
1230 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1231 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1232 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1233 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1234 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1235 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1236 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
 
1237 */
1238enum monitor_flags {
1239	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1240	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1241	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1242	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1243	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1244	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1245	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
 
1246};
1247
1248/**
1249 * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1250 *
1251 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1252 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1253 *
1254 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1255 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1256 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1257 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1258 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1259 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1260 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
 
 
1261 */
1262enum mpath_info_flags {
1263	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
1264	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
1265	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
1266	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
1267	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
1268	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
1269	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
 
 
1270};
1271
1272/**
1273 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1274 *
1275 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1276 *
1277 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1278 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1279 * @sn: target sequence number
1280 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1281 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1282 * @flags: mesh path flags
1283 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1284 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1285 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1286 *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1287 *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1288 *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
 
 
1289 */
1290struct mpath_info {
1291	u32 filled;
1292	u32 frame_qlen;
1293	u32 sn;
1294	u32 metric;
1295	u32 exptime;
1296	u32 discovery_timeout;
1297	u8 discovery_retries;
1298	u8 flags;
 
 
1299
1300	int generation;
1301};
1302
1303/**
1304 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1305 *
1306 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1307 *
 
1308 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1309 *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1310 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1311 *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1312 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1313 *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1314 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1315 *	(or NULL for no change)
1316 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1317 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
 
1318 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1319 * 	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1320 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1321 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1322 */
1323struct bss_parameters {
 
1324	int use_cts_prot;
1325	int use_short_preamble;
1326	int use_short_slot_time;
1327	const u8 *basic_rates;
1328	u8 basic_rates_len;
1329	int ap_isolate;
1330	int ht_opmode;
1331	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1332};
1333
1334/**
1335 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1336 *
1337 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1338 *
1339 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1340 *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
1341 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1342 *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1343 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1344 *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1345 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1346 *	mesh interface
1347 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1348 *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1349 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1350 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1351 *	elements
1352 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1353 *	detect compatible mesh peers
1354 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1355 *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1356 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1357 *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1358 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1359 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1360 *	a path discovery in milliseconds
1361 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1362 *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1363 *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1364 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1365 *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1366 *	element
1367 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1368 *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1369 *	element
1370 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1371 *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1372 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1373 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1374 *	announcements are transmitted
1375 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1376 *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1377 *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1378 *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1379 *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1380 *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1381 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1382 *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1383 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1384 *	station to establish a peer link
1385 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1386 *
1387 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1388 *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1389 *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
1390 *
1391 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1392 *	PREQs are transmitted.
1393 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1394 *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1395 *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1396 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1397 *	setting for new peer links.
1398 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1399 *	after transmitting its beacon.
1400 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1401 *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1402 *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1403 */
1404struct mesh_config {
1405	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1406	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1407	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1408	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1409	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1410	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1411	u8 element_ttl;
1412	bool auto_open_plinks;
1413	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1414	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1415	u32 path_refresh_time;
1416	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1417	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1418	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1419	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1420	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1421	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
 
 
1422	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1423	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1424	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1425	s32 rssi_threshold;
1426	u16 ht_opmode;
1427	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1428	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1429	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1430	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1431	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1432	u32 plink_timeout;
 
1433};
1434
1435/**
1436 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1437 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1438 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1439 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1440 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1441 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1442 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1443 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1444 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1445 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1446 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1447 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1448 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1449 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1450 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1451 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1452 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1453 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1454 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1455 *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1456 *	to operate on DFS channels.
1457 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1458 *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1459 *
1460 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1461 */
1462struct mesh_setup {
1463	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1464	const u8 *mesh_id;
1465	u8 mesh_id_len;
1466	u8 sync_method;
1467	u8 path_sel_proto;
1468	u8 path_metric;
1469	u8 auth_id;
1470	const u8 *ie;
1471	u8 ie_len;
1472	bool is_authenticated;
1473	bool is_secure;
1474	bool user_mpm;
1475	u8 dtim_period;
1476	u16 beacon_interval;
1477	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1478	u32 basic_rates;
1479	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1480	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1481	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1482};
1483
1484/**
1485 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1486 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1487 *
1488 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1489 */
1490struct ocb_setup {
1491	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1492};
1493
1494/**
1495 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1496 * @ac: AC identifier
1497 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1498 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1499 *	1..32767]
1500 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1501 *	1..32767]
1502 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
 
1503 */
1504struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1505	enum nl80211_ac ac;
1506	u16 txop;
1507	u16 cwmin;
1508	u16 cwmax;
1509	u8 aifs;
 
1510};
1511
1512/**
1513 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1514 *
1515 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1516 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1517 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1518 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1519 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1520 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1521 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1522 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1523 * in the wiphy structure.
1524 *
1525 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1526 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1527 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1528 *
1529 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1530 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1531 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1532 * to userspace.
1533 */
1534
1535/**
1536 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1537 * @ssid: the SSID
1538 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1539 */
1540struct cfg80211_ssid {
1541	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1542	u8 ssid_len;
1543};
1544
1545/**
1546 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1547 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1548 *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1549 *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
1550 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1551 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1552 *	userspace will be notified of that
1553 */
1554struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1555	u64 scan_start_tsf;
1556	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1557	bool aborted;
1558};
1559
1560/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1561 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1562 *
1563 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1564 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1565 * @channels: channels to scan on.
1566 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1567 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1568 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1569 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1570 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1571 *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1572 *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1573 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1574 *	%duration field.
1575 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1576 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1577 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1578 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1579 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1580 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1581 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1582 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1583 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1584 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1585 *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1586 *	be taken from the @mac_addr
 
 
 
 
1587 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
 
 
1588 */
1589struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1590	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1591	int n_ssids;
1592	u32 n_channels;
1593	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1594	const u8 *ie;
1595	size_t ie_len;
1596	u16 duration;
1597	bool duration_mandatory;
1598	u32 flags;
1599
1600	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1601
1602	struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1603
1604	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1605	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1606	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1607
1608	/* internal */
1609	struct wiphy *wiphy;
1610	unsigned long scan_start;
1611	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1612	bool notified;
1613	bool no_cck;
 
 
 
 
1614
1615	/* keep last */
1616	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1617};
1618
1619static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1620{
1621	int i;
1622
1623	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1624	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1625		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1626		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1627	}
1628}
1629
1630/**
1631 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1632 *
1633 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
1634 *	or no match (RSSI only)
1635 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
1636 *	or no match (RSSI only)
1637 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1638 */
1639struct cfg80211_match_set {
1640	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1641	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1642	s32 rssi_thold;
1643};
1644
1645/**
1646 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
1647 *
1648 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
1649 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
1650 *	infinite loop.
1651 *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
1652 *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
1653 */
1654struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
1655	u32 interval;
1656	u32 iterations;
1657};
1658
1659/**
1660 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
1661 *
1662 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
1663 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
1664 */
1665struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
1666	enum nl80211_band band;
1667	s8 delta;
1668};
1669
1670/**
1671 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
1672 *
1673 * @reqid: identifies this request.
1674 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
1675 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1676 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1677 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1678 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1679 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1680 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1681 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
1682 * 	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
1683 * 	(others are filtered out).
1684 *	If ommited, all results are passed.
1685 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
1686 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
1687 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1688 * @dev: the interface
1689 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
1690 * @channels: channels to scan
1691 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
1692 *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
1693 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1694 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1695 *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1696 *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1697 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
1698 *	index must be executed first.
1699 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
1700 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
1701 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
1702 *	owned by a particular socket)
1703 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
1704 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
1705 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
1706 *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
1707 *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
1708 *	supported.
1709 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
1710 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
1711 *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
1712 *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
1713 *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
1714 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
1715 *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
1716 *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
1717 *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
1718 *	comparisions.
1719 */
1720struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
1721	u64 reqid;
1722	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1723	int n_ssids;
1724	u32 n_channels;
1725	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1726	const u8 *ie;
1727	size_t ie_len;
1728	u32 flags;
1729	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
1730	int n_match_sets;
1731	s32 min_rssi_thold;
1732	u32 delay;
1733	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
1734	int n_scan_plans;
1735
1736	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1737	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1738
1739	bool relative_rssi_set;
1740	s8 relative_rssi;
1741	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
1742
1743	/* internal */
1744	struct wiphy *wiphy;
1745	struct net_device *dev;
1746	unsigned long scan_start;
1747	bool report_results;
1748	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1749	u32 owner_nlportid;
1750	bool nl_owner_dead;
1751	struct list_head list;
1752
1753	/* keep last */
1754	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1755};
1756
1757/**
1758 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
1759 *
1760 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
1761 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
1762 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
1763 */
1764enum cfg80211_signal_type {
1765	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
1766	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
1767	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
1768};
1769
1770/**
1771 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
1772 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
1773 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
1774 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
1775 *	signal type
1776 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
1777 *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
1778 *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
1779 *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
1780 *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
1781 *	ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate.
1782 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
1783 *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
1784 *	by %parent_bssid.
1785 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
1786 *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
1787 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
1788 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1789 */
1790struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
1791	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
1792	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1793	s32 signal;
1794	u64 boottime_ns;
1795	u64 parent_tsf;
1796	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1797	u8 chains;
1798	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
 
 
 
 
 
1799};
1800
1801/**
1802 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
1803 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
1804 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
1805 * @len: length of the IEs
1806 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
1807 * @data: IE data
1808 */
1809struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
1810	u64 tsf;
1811	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1812	int len;
1813	bool from_beacon;
1814	u8 data[];
1815};
1816
1817/**
1818 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
1819 *
1820 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
1821 * for use in scan results and similar.
1822 *
1823 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
1824 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
1825 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
1826 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
1827 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
1828 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
1829 *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
1830 *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
1831 *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
1832 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
1833 *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
1834 *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
1835 *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
1836 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
 
 
1837 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
1838 *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
1839 *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
1840 *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
 
 
 
 
1841 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
1842 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
1843 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1844 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
1845 */
1846struct cfg80211_bss {
1847	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1848	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1849
1850	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
1851	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
1852	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
1853
1854	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
 
 
1855
1856	s32 signal;
1857
1858	u16 beacon_interval;
1859	u16 capability;
1860
1861	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1862	u8 chains;
1863	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1864
1865	u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1866};
1867
1868/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1869 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
1870 * @bss: the bss to search
1871 * @ie: the IE ID
1872 *
1873 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
1874 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
1875 * Return: %NULL if not found.
1876 */
1877const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 ie);
 
 
 
1878
1879
1880/**
1881 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
1882 *
1883 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1884 * authentication.
1885 *
1886 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
1887 *	to it if it needs to keep it.
1888 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1889 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
1890 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1891 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
1892 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
1893 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
1894 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
1895 *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
1896 *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
1897 *	transaction sequence number field.
1898 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
 
 
 
 
 
 
1899 */
1900struct cfg80211_auth_request {
1901	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1902	const u8 *ie;
1903	size_t ie_len;
1904	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1905	const u8 *key;
1906	u8 key_len, key_idx;
 
1907	const u8 *auth_data;
1908	size_t auth_data_len;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1909};
1910
1911/**
1912 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
1913 *
1914 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
1915 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
1916 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
1917 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
1918 *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
1919 *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
1920 *	request (connect callback).
 
 
 
 
 
 
1921 */
1922enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
1923	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
1924	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
1925	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
1926	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
 
 
 
 
1927};
1928
1929/**
1930 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
1931 *
1932 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1933 * (re)association.
1934 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
1935 *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
1936 *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
1937 *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
 
 
1938 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
1939 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1940 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
1941 * @crypto: crypto settings
1942 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
1943 *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
1944 *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
1945 *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
1946 *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
1947 *	frame.
1948 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
1949 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
1950 *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
1951 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1952 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
1953 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
1954 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
1955 *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
1956 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
1957 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
1958 *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
1959 *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1960 */
1961struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
1962	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1963	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
1964	size_t ie_len;
1965	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1966	bool use_mfp;
1967	u32 flags;
1968	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1969	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1970	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
1971	const u8 *fils_kek;
1972	size_t fils_kek_len;
1973	const u8 *fils_nonces;
 
 
 
 
1974};
1975
1976/**
1977 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
1978 *
1979 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1980 * deauthentication.
1981 *
1982 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
1983 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
1984 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1985 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
1986 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
1987 *	do not set a deauth frame
1988 */
1989struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
1990	const u8 *bssid;
1991	const u8 *ie;
1992	size_t ie_len;
1993	u16 reason_code;
1994	bool local_state_change;
1995};
1996
1997/**
1998 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
1999 *
2000 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2001 * disassociation.
2002 *
2003 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2004 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2005 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2006 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2007 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2008 *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2009 */
2010struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2011	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2012	const u8 *ie;
2013	size_t ie_len;
2014	u16 reason_code;
2015	bool local_state_change;
2016};
2017
2018/**
2019 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2020 *
2021 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2022 * method.
2023 *
2024 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2025 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2026 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2027 *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2028 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2029 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2030 *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
2031 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2032 * @ie_len: length of that
2033 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2034 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2035 *	after joining
2036 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2037 *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2038 *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2039 *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2040 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2041 *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2042 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2043 *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2044 *	to operate on DFS channels.
2045 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2046 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2047 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2048 *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2049 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2050 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2051 * 	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2052 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2053 */
2054struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2055	const u8 *ssid;
2056	const u8 *bssid;
2057	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2058	const u8 *ie;
2059	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2060	u16 beacon_interval;
2061	u32 basic_rates;
2062	bool channel_fixed;
2063	bool privacy;
2064	bool control_port;
2065	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2066	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2067	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2068	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2069	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2070	struct key_params *wep_keys;
2071	int wep_tx_key;
2072};
2073
2074/**
2075 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2076 *
2077 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2078 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2079 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2080 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2081 */
2082struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2083	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2084	union {
2085		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2086		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2087	} param;
2088};
2089
2090/**
2091 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2092 *
2093 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2094 * authentication and association.
2095 *
2096 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2097 *	on scan results)
2098 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2099 *	%NULL if not specified
2100 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2101 *	results)
2102 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2103 *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2104 *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2105 *	to use.
2106 * @ssid: SSID
2107 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2108 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2109 * @ie: IEs for association request
2110 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2111 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2112 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2113 * @crypto: crypto settings
2114 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2115 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2116 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2117 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2118 * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2119 *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2120 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2121 *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2122 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2123 * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2124 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2125 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2126 *	networks.
2127 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2128 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2129 *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2130 *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2131 *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2132 *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2133 *	frame.
2134 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2135 *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2136 *	data IE.
2137 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2138 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2139 *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2140 *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2141 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2142 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2143 *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2144 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2145 *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2146 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2147 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2148 *	offload of 4-way handshake.
 
 
 
2149 */
2150struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2151	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2152	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2153	const u8 *bssid;
2154	const u8 *bssid_hint;
2155	const u8 *ssid;
2156	size_t ssid_len;
2157	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2158	const u8 *ie;
2159	size_t ie_len;
2160	bool privacy;
2161	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2162	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2163	const u8 *key;
2164	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2165	u32 flags;
2166	int bg_scan_period;
2167	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2168	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2169	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2170	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2171	bool pbss;
2172	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2173	const u8 *prev_bssid;
2174	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2175	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2176	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2177	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2178	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2179	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2180	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2181	bool want_1x;
 
2182};
2183
2184/**
2185 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2186 *
2187 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2188 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2189 *
2190 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
 
 
 
2191 */
2192enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2193	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
 
 
2194};
2195
2196/**
2197 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2198 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2199 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2200 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2201 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2202 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2203 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
 
 
 
2204 */
2205enum wiphy_params_flags {
2206	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
2207	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
2208	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
2209	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
2210	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
2211	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
2212};
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2213
2214/**
2215 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2216 *
2217 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2218 * caching.
2219 *
2220 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2221 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2222 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2223 *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2224 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2225 *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2226 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2227 *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2228 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2229 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2230 *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2231 *	%NULL).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2232 */
2233struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2234	const u8 *bssid;
2235	const u8 *pmkid;
2236	const u8 *pmk;
2237	size_t pmk_len;
2238	const u8 *ssid;
2239	size_t ssid_len;
2240	const u8 *cache_id;
 
 
2241};
2242
2243/**
2244 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2245 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2246 *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2247 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2248 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2249 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2250 *
2251 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2252 * memory, free @mask only!
2253 */
2254struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2255	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2256	int pattern_len;
2257	int pkt_offset;
2258};
2259
2260/**
2261 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2262 *
2263 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2264 * @src: source IP address
2265 * @dst: destination IP address
2266 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2267 * @src_port: source port
2268 * @dst_port: destination port
2269 * @payload_len: data payload length
2270 * @payload: data payload buffer
2271 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2272 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2273 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2274 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2275 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2276 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2277 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2278 */
2279struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2280	struct socket *sock;
2281	__be32 src, dst;
2282	u16 src_port, dst_port;
2283	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2284	int payload_len;
2285	const u8 *payload;
2286	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2287	u32 data_interval;
2288	u32 wake_len;
2289	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2290	u32 tokens_size;
2291	/* must be last, variable member */
2292	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2293};
2294
2295/**
2296 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2297 *
2298 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2299 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2300 *	operating as normal during suspend
2301 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2302 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2303 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2304 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2305 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2306 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2307 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2308 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2309 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2310 *	NULL if not configured.
2311 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2312 */
2313struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2314	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2315	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2316	     rfkill_release;
2317	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2318	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2319	int n_patterns;
2320	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2321};
2322
2323/**
2324 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2325 *
2326 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2327 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2328 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2329 *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2330 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2331 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2332 */
2333struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2334	int delay;
2335	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2336	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2337	int n_patterns;
2338};
2339
2340/**
2341 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2342 *
2343 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2344 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2345 * @n_rules: number of rules
2346 */
2347struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2348	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2349	int n_rules;
 
2350};
2351
2352/**
2353 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2354 *
2355 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2356 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
2357 *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2358 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2359 *	occurred (in MHz)
2360 */
2361struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2362	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2363	int n_channels;
2364	u32 channels[];
2365};
2366
2367/**
2368 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2369 *
2370 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2371 *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2372 *	match information.
2373 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2374 *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
2375 */
2376struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2377	int n_matches;
2378	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2379};
2380
2381/**
2382 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2383 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2384 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2385 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2386 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2387 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2388 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2389 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2390 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2391 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2392 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2393 * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2394 *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2395 *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2396 *	it is.
2397 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2398 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2399 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2400 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
 
 
2401 */
2402struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2403	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2404	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2405	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2406	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
 
2407	s32 pattern_idx;
2408	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2409	const void *packet;
2410	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2411};
2412
2413/**
2414 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2415 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2416 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2417 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
 
 
 
2418 */
2419struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2420	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
 
 
2421};
2422
2423/**
2424 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2425 *
2426 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2427 *
2428 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2429 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2430 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2431 */
2432struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2433	u16 md;
2434	const u8 *ie;
2435	size_t ie_len;
2436};
2437
2438/**
2439 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2440 *
2441 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2442 *
2443 * @chan: channel to use
2444 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2445 * @wait: duration for ROC
2446 * @buf: buffer to transmit
2447 * @len: buffer length
2448 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2449 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2450 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2451 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
 
 
 
2452 */
2453struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2454	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2455	bool offchan;
2456	unsigned int wait;
2457	const u8 *buf;
2458	size_t len;
2459	bool no_cck;
2460	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2461	int n_csa_offsets;
2462	const u16 *csa_offsets;
 
2463};
2464
2465/**
2466 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2467 *
2468 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2469 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2470 */
2471struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2472	u8 dscp;
2473	u8 up;
2474};
2475
2476/**
2477 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2478 *
2479 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2480 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2481 */
2482struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2483	u8 low;
2484	u8 high;
2485};
2486
2487/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2488#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
2489#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
2490#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2491	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2492
2493/**
2494 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2495 *
2496 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2497 *
2498 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2499 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2500 *	the user priority DSCP range definition
2501 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2502 */
2503struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2504	u8 num_des;
2505	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2506	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2507};
2508
2509/**
2510 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2511 *
2512 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2513 *
2514 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2515 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2516 *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2517 *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2518 */
2519struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2520	u8 master_pref;
2521	u8 bands;
2522};
2523
2524/**
2525 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2526 * configuration
2527 *
2528 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2529 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2530 */
2531enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2532	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2533	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2534};
2535
2536/**
2537 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2538 *
2539 * @filter: the content of the filter
2540 * @len: the length of the filter
2541 */
2542struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2543	const u8 *filter;
2544	u8 len;
2545};
2546
2547/**
2548 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2549 *
2550 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2551 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2552 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2553 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2554 *	implementation specific.
2555 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2556 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2557 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2558 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2559 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2560 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2561 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2562 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2563 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2564 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2565 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2566 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2567 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
2568 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
2569 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
2570 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
2571 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
2572 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
2573 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
2574 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
2575 */
2576struct cfg80211_nan_func {
2577	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
2578	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
2579	u8 publish_type;
2580	bool close_range;
2581	bool publish_bcast;
2582	bool subscribe_active;
2583	u8 followup_id;
2584	u8 followup_reqid;
2585	struct mac_address followup_dest;
2586	u32 ttl;
2587	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
2588	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
2589	bool srf_include;
2590	const u8 *srf_bf;
2591	u8 srf_bf_len;
2592	u8 srf_bf_idx;
2593	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
2594	int srf_num_macs;
2595	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
2596	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
2597	u8 num_tx_filters;
2598	u8 num_rx_filters;
2599	u8 instance_id;
2600	u64 cookie;
2601};
2602
2603/**
2604 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
2605 *
2606 * @aa: authenticator address
2607 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
2608 * @pmk: the PMK material
2609 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
2610 *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
2611 *	holds PMK-R0.
2612 */
2613struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
2614	const u8 *aa;
2615	u8 pmk_len;
2616	const u8 *pmk;
2617	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
2618};
2619
2620/**
2621 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
2622 *
2623 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
2624 *
2625 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
2626 *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
2627 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
2628 *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
2629 *	authentication response command interface.
2630 * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
2631 *	authentication response command interface.
2632 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
2633 *	authentication request event interface.
2634 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
2635 *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
2636 *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
2637 *	response command interface (user space to driver).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2638 */
2639struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
2640	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
2641	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2642	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2643	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
2644	u16 status;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2645};
2646
2647/**
2648 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
2649 *
2650 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
2651 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
2652 *
2653 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
2654 * on success or a negative error code.
2655 *
2656 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
2657 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
2658 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
 
2659 *
2660 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
2661 *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
2662 *	configured for the device.
2663 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
2664 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
2665 *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
2666 *	the device.
2667 *
2668 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
2669 *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
2670 *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
2671 *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
2672 *	also set the address member in the wdev.
 
2673 *
2674 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
 
2675 *
2676 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
2677 *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
2678 *
2679 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
2680 *	when adding a group key.
 
 
2681 *
2682 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
2683 *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
2684 *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
2685 *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
2686 *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
 
 
 
2687 *
2688 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
2689 *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
 
 
 
2690 *
2691 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
 
2692 *
2693 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
 
 
 
 
2694 *
2695 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
2696 *
2697 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
2698 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
2699 *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
2700 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
2701 *
2702 * @add_station: Add a new station.
2703 * @del_station: Remove a station
2704 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
2705 *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
2706 *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
2707 *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
2708 *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
2709 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
2710 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2711 *
2712 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
2713 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
2714 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
2715 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
2716 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2717 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
2718 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2719 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
2720 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2721 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
2722 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2723 *
2724 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
2725 *
2726 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
2727 *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
2728 *	set, and which to leave alone.
2729 *
2730 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
2731 *
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2732 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
2733 *
2734 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
2735 *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
2736 *	join the mesh instead.
2737 *
2738 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
2739 *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
2740 *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
2741 *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
2742 *
2743 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
2744 *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
2745 *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
2746 *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
2747 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
2748 *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
2749 *
2750 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
2751 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2752 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
2753 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2754 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
2755 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2756 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
2757 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2758 *
2759 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
2760 *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
2761 *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
2762 *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
2763 *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
2764 *	was received.
2765 *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
2766 *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
2767 *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
2768 *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
2769 *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
2770 *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
2771 *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
2772 *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
2773 *	indication of requesting reassociation.
2774 *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
2775 *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
2776 *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2777 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
2778 *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
2779 *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
2780 *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
2781 *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
2782 *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
2783 *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
2784 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2785 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
2786 *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
2787 *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
2788 *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
2789 *
2790 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
2791 *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
2792 *	to a merge.
2793 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2794 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
2795 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2796 *
2797 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
2798 *	MESH mode)
2799 *
2800 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
2801 *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
2802 *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
2803 *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
2804 *
2805 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
2806 *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
2807 *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
2808 *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
2809 *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
2810 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
2811 *	return 0 if successful
2812 *
2813 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
2814 *
2815 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
2816 *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
2817 *
2818 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
2819 *
2820 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
2821 *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
2822 *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
2823 *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
2824 *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
2825 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
2826 *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
2827 *	the duration value.
2828 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
2829 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
2830 *	frame on another channel
2831 *
2832 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
2833 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
2834 *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
2835 *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
2836 *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
2837 *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
2838 *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
2839 *
2840 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
2841 *
2842 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
2843 *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
2844 *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
2845 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
2846 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
2847 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
2848 *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
2849 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
2850 *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
2851 *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
2852 *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
2853 *	disabled.)
2854 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
2855 *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
2856 *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
2857 *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
2858 *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
2859 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
2860 *	thresholds.
2861 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
2862 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
2863 *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
2864 *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
2865 *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
2866 *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
2867 *	stop (when this method returns 0).
2868 *
2869 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
2870 *	registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
2871 *
2872 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
2873 *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
2874 *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
2875 *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
2876 *
2877 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
2878 *
2879 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
2880 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
2881 *
2882 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
2883 *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
2884 *
2885 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
2886 *
2887 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
2888 *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
2889 *	current monitoring channel.
2890 *
2891 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
2892 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
2893 *
2894 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
2895 *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
2896 *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
2897 *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
2898 *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
2899 *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
2900 *
2901 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
2902 *
 
 
 
2903 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
2904 *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
2905 *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
2906 *
2907 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
2908 *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
2909 *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
2910 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
2911 *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
2912 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
2913 *
2914 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
2915 *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
2916 *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
2917 *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
2918 *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
2919 *	as soon as possible.
2920 *
2921 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
2922 *
2923 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
2924 *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
2925 *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
2926 *
2927 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
2928 *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
2929 *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
2930 *	account.
2931 *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
2932 *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
2933 *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
2934 *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
2935 *	rejected)
2936 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
2937 *
2938 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
2939 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2940 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
2941 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2942 *
2943 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
2944 *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
2945 *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
2946 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
2947 *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
2948 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
2949 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
2950 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
2951 *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
2952 *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
2953 *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
2954 *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
2955 *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
2956 *	provided @nan_func.
2957 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
2958 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
2959 *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
2960 *	All other parameters must be ignored.
2961 *
2962 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
2963 *
 
 
 
2964 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
2965 *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
2966 *	upon which the driver should clear it.
2967 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2968 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
2969 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2970 *
2971 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
2972 *     user space
2973 *
2974 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
2975 *	tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2976 */
2977struct cfg80211_ops {
2978	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
2979	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2980	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
2981
2982	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2983						  const char *name,
2984						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
2985						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
2986						  struct vif_params *params);
2987	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2988				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2989	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2990				       struct net_device *dev,
2991				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
2992				       struct vif_params *params);
2993
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2994	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2995			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2996			   struct key_params *params);
2997	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2998			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2999			   void *cookie,
3000			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3001	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3002			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
 
3003	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3004				   struct net_device *netdev,
3005				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3006	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3007					struct net_device *netdev,
3008					u8 key_index);
 
 
 
 
3009
3010	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3011			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3012	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3013				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3014	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
 
3015
3016
3017	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3018			       const u8 *mac,
3019			       struct station_parameters *params);
3020	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3021			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
3022	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3023				  const u8 *mac,
3024				  struct station_parameters *params);
3025	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3026			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3027	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3028				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3029
3030	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3031			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3032	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3033			       const u8 *dst);
3034	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3035				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3036	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3037			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3038	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3039			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3040			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3041	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3042			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3043	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3044			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3045			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3046	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3047				struct net_device *dev,
3048				struct mesh_config *conf);
3049	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3050				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3051				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3052	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3053			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
3054			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3055	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3056
3057	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3058			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
3059	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3060
3061	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3062			      struct bss_parameters *params);
3063
 
 
 
3064	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3065				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3066
3067	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3068					     struct net_device *dev,
3069					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3070
3071	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 
3072				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3073
3074	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3075			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3076	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3077
3078	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3079			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3080	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3081			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3082	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3083			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3084	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3085			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3086
3087	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3088			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3089	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3090					 struct net_device *dev,
3091					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3092					 u32 changed);
3093	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3094			      u16 reason_code);
3095
3096	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3097			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3098	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3099
3100	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3101				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3102
3103	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3104
3105	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3106				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3107	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3108				int *dbm);
3109
3110	int	(*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3111				const u8 *addr);
3112
3113	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3114
3115#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3116	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3117				void *data, int len);
3118	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3119				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3120				 void *data, int len);
3121#endif
3122
3123	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3124				    struct net_device *dev,
 
3125				    const u8 *peer,
3126				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3127
3128	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3129			int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3130
3131	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3132			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3133	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3134			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3135	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3136
3137	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3138				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3139				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3140				     unsigned int duration,
3141				     u64 *cookie);
3142	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3143					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3144					    u64 cookie);
3145
3146	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3147			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3148			   u64 *cookie);
3149	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3150				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3151				       u64 cookie);
3152
3153	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3154				  bool enabled, int timeout);
3155
3156	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3157				       struct net_device *dev,
3158				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3159
3160	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3161					     struct net_device *dev,
3162					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3163
3164	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3165				      struct net_device *dev,
3166				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3167
3168	void	(*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3169				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3170				       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3171
3172	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3173	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3174
3175	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3176				struct net_device *dev,
3177				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3178	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3179				   u64 reqid);
3180
3181	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3182				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3183
3184	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3185			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3186			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3187			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
 
3188	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3189			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3190
3191	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3192				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3193
3194	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3195				  struct net_device *dev,
3196				  u16 noack_map);
3197
3198	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3199			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
 
3200			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3201
3202	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3203				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3204	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3205				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3206
3207	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3208			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3209
3210	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3211					 struct net_device *dev,
3212					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3213					 u32 cac_time_ms);
 
 
3214	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3215				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3216	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3217				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3218				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3219				    u16 duration);
3220	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3221				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3222	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3223				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3224
3225	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3226				  struct net_device *dev,
3227				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3228
3229	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3230			       struct net_device *dev,
3231			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3232
3233	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
 
3234				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3235
3236	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3237			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3238			     u16 admitted_time);
3239	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3240			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3241
3242	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3243				       struct net_device *dev,
3244				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3245				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3246	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3247					      struct net_device *dev,
3248					      const u8 *addr);
3249	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3250			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3251	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3252	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3253				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3254	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3255			       u64 cookie);
3256	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3257				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3258				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3259				   u32 changes);
3260
3261	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3262					    struct net_device *dev,
3263					    const bool enabled);
3264
 
 
 
 
3265	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3266			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3267	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3268			   const u8 *aa);
3269	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3270				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3271
3272	int	(*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3273				   struct net_device *dev,
3274				   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3275				   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
3276				   const bool noencrypt);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3277};
3278
3279/*
3280 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3281 * and registration/helper functions
3282 */
3283
3284/**
3285 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
3286 *
 
 
3287 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
3288 *	wiphy at all
3289 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
3290 *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
3291 *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
3292 *	reason to override the default
3293 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
3294 *	on a VLAN interface)
 
3295 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3296 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
3297 *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
3298 *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3299 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3300 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
3301 *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3302 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
3303 *	firmware.
3304 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3305 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
3306 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
3307 *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
3308 *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
3309 *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
3310 *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
3311 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3312 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
3313 *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
3314 *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3315 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
3316 *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3317 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
3318 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3319 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3320 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
3321 *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3322 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
3323 *	before connection.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3324 */
3325enum wiphy_flags {
3326	/* use hole at 0 */
3327	/* use hole at 1 */
3328	/* use hole at 2 */
3329	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
3330	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
3331	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
3332	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
3333	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
3334	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
 
3335	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
3336	/* use hole at 11 */
3337	/* use hole at 12 */
3338	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
3339	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
3340	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
3341	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
3342	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
3343	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
3344	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
3345	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
3346	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
3347	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
3348	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
3349	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
 
3350};
3351
3352/**
3353 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
3354 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
3355 * @types: interface types (bits)
3356 */
3357struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
3358	u16 max;
3359	u16 types;
3360};
3361
3362/**
3363 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
3364 *
3365 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
3366 * combinations it supports concurrently.
 
 
3367 *
3368 * Examples:
3369 *
3370 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
3371 *
3372 *    .. code-block:: c
3373 *
3374 *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
3375 *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3376 *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
3377 *	};
3378 *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
3379 *		.limits = limits1,
3380 *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
3381 *		.max_interfaces = 2,
3382 *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
3383 *	};
3384 *
3385 *
3386 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
3387 *
3388 *    .. code-block:: c
3389 *
3390 *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
3391 *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
3392 *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
3393 *	};
3394 *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
3395 *		.limits = limits2,
3396 *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
3397 *		.max_interfaces = 8,
3398 *		.num_different_channels = 1,
3399 *	};
3400 *
3401 *
3402 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
3403 *
3404 *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
3405 *
3406 *    .. code-block:: c
3407 *
3408 *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
3409 *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3410 *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
3411 *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
3412 *	};
3413 *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
3414 *		.limits = limits3,
3415 *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
3416 *		.max_interfaces = 4,
3417 *		.num_different_channels = 2,
3418 *	};
3419 *
3420 */
3421struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
3422	/**
3423	 * @limits:
3424	 * limits for the given interface types
3425	 */
3426	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
3427
3428	/**
3429	 * @num_different_channels:
3430	 * can use up to this many different channels
3431	 */
3432	u32 num_different_channels;
3433
3434	/**
3435	 * @max_interfaces:
3436	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
3437	 */
3438	u16 max_interfaces;
3439
3440	/**
3441	 * @n_limits:
3442	 * number of limitations
3443	 */
3444	u8 n_limits;
3445
3446	/**
3447	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
3448	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
3449	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
3450	 */
3451	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
3452
3453	/**
3454	 * @radar_detect_widths:
3455	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
3456	 */
3457	u8 radar_detect_widths;
3458
3459	/**
3460	 * @radar_detect_regions:
3461	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
3462	 */
3463	u8 radar_detect_regions;
3464
3465	/**
3466	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
3467	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
3468	 *
3469	 * = 0
3470	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
3471	 * > 0
3472	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
3473	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
3474	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
3475	 */
3476	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
3477};
3478
3479struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
3480	u16 tx, rx;
3481};
3482
3483/**
3484 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
3485 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
3486 *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
3487 *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
3488 *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
3489 *	packet should be preserved in that case
3490 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
3491 *	(see nl80211.h)
3492 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
3493 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
3494 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
3495 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
3496 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
3497 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
3498 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
3499 */
3500enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
3501	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
3502	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
3503	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
3504	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
3505	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
3506	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
3507	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
3508	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
3509	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
3510};
3511
3512struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
3513	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
3514	u32 data_payload_max;
3515	u32 data_interval_max;
3516	u32 wake_payload_max;
3517	bool seq;
3518};
3519
3520/**
3521 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
3522 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
3523 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
3524 *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
3525 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
3526 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
3527 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
3528 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
3529 *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
3530 *	scheduled scans.
3531 *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
3532 *	details.
3533 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
3534 */
3535struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
3536	u32 flags;
3537	int n_patterns;
3538	int pattern_max_len;
3539	int pattern_min_len;
3540	int max_pkt_offset;
3541	int max_nd_match_sets;
3542	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
3543};
3544
3545/**
3546 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
3547 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
3548 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
3549 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
3550 *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
3551 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
3552 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
3553 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
3554 */
3555struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
3556	int n_rules;
3557	int max_delay;
3558	int n_patterns;
3559	int pattern_max_len;
3560	int pattern_min_len;
3561	int max_pkt_offset;
3562};
3563
3564/**
3565 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
3566 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
3567 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
3568 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
3569 *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
3570 */
3571enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
3572	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
3573	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
3574	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
3575};
3576
3577/**
3578 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
3579 *
3580 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
3581 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
3582 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
3583 *
3584 */
3585enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
3586	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
3587	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
3588	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
3589};
3590
3591/**
3592 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
3593 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
3594 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
3595 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
3596 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
3597 */
3598
3599struct sta_opmode_info {
3600	u32 changed;
3601	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
3602	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
3603	u8 rx_nss;
3604};
3605
 
 
3606/**
3607 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
3608 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
3609 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
3610 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
3611 *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
3612 *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
3613 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
3614 *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
3615 *	dumpit calls.
 
 
 
 
3616 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
3617 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
3618 * are used with dump requests.
3619 */
3620struct wiphy_vendor_command {
3621	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
3622	u32 flags;
3623	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3624		    const void *data, int data_len);
3625	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3626		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
3627		      unsigned long *storage);
 
 
3628};
3629
3630/**
3631 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
3632 * @iftype: interface type
3633 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
3634 *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
3635 *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
3636 *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
3637 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
3638 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
3639 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
 
 
3640 */
3641struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
3642	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
3643	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
3644	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
3645	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3646};
3647
3648/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3649 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
 
3650 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
3651 *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
3652 *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
3653 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
3654 * 	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
3655 *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
3656 *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
3657 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
3658 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
3659 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3660 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
3661 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
3662 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
3663 *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
3664 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
3665 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
3666 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
3667 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
3668 *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
3669 *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
3670 *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
3671 *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
3672 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
3673 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
3674 *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
3675 *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
3676 *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
3677 *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
3678 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
3679 *	unregister hardware
3680 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
3681 *	automatically on wiphy renames
3682 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
3683 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
 
3684 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
3685 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
3686 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
3687 *	must be set by driver
3688 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
3689 *	list single interface types.
3690 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
3691 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
3692 *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
3693 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
3694 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
3695 *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
3696 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
3697 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
3698 *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
3699 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
3700 *	this variable determines its size
3701 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
3702 *	any given scan
3703 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
3704 *	the device can run concurrently.
3705 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
3706 *	for in any given scheduled scan
3707 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
3708 *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
3709 *	supported.
3710 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
3711 *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
3712 *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
3713 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
3714 *	scans
3715 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
3716 *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
3717 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
3718 *	single scan plan supported by the device.
3719 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
3720 *	scan plan supported by the device.
3721 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
3722 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
3723 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
3724 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
3725 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
3726 *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
3727 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
3728 *
3729 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
3730 *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
3731 *	type
3732 *
3733 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
3734 *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
3735 *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
3736 *
3737 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
3738 *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
3739 *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
3740 *
3741 * @probe_resp_offload:
3742 *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
3743 *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
3744 *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
3745 *
3746 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
3747 *	may request, if implemented.
3748 *
3749 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
3750 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
3751 *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
3752 *	to the suspend() operation instead.
3753 *
3754 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
3755 * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
3756 *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
3757 * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
3758 *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
3759 *
3760 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
3761 *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
3762 *
3763 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
3764 *	supports for ACL.
3765 *
3766 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
3767 *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
3768 *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
3769 *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
3770 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
3771 *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
3772 *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
3773 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
3774 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
3775 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
3776 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
3777 *	capabilities are specified separately.
3778 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
3779 *
3780 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
3781 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
3782 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
3783 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
3784 *
3785 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
3786 *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
3787 *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
3788 *	some cases, but may not always reach.
3789 *
3790 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
3791 *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
3792 *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
3793 *	infinite.
3794 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
3795 *	frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
3796 *	the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
3797 *	low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
3798 *	this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
3799 *	This value should be set in MHz.
3800 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
3801 *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
3802 *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
3803 *
3804 * @cookie_counter: unique generic cookie counter, used to identify objects.
3805 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
3806 *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
3807 *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3808 *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3809 */
3810struct wiphy {
 
 
3811	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
3812
3813	/* permanent MAC address(es) */
3814	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
3815	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
3816
3817	struct mac_address *addresses;
3818
3819	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
3820
3821	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
3822	int n_iface_combinations;
3823	u16 software_iftypes;
3824
3825	u16 n_addresses;
3826
3827	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
3828	u16 interface_modes;
3829
3830	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
3831
3832	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
3833	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
3834
3835	u32 ap_sme_capa;
3836
3837	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
3838
3839	int bss_priv_size;
3840	u8 max_scan_ssids;
3841	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
3842	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
3843	u8 max_match_sets;
3844	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
3845	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
3846	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
3847	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
3848	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
3849
3850	int n_cipher_suites;
3851	const u32 *cipher_suites;
3852
 
 
 
 
 
 
3853	u8 retry_short;
3854	u8 retry_long;
3855	u32 frag_threshold;
3856	u32 rts_threshold;
3857	u8 coverage_class;
3858
3859	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
3860	u32 hw_version;
3861
3862#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3863	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
3864	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
3865#endif
3866
3867	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
3868
3869	u8 max_num_pmkids;
3870
3871	u32 available_antennas_tx;
3872	u32 available_antennas_rx;
3873
3874	/*
3875	 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
3876	 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
3877	 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
3878	 */
3879	u32 probe_resp_offload;
3880
3881	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
3882	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
3883
3884	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
3885	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
3886
3887	/* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
3888	 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
3889	 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
3890	 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
3891	 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
3892	const void *privid;
3893
3894	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
3895
3896	/* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
3897	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3898			     struct regulatory_request *request);
3899
3900	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
3901
3902	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
3903
3904	/* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
3905	 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
3906	struct device dev;
3907
3908	/* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
3909	bool registered;
3910
3911	/* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
3912	struct dentry *debugfsdir;
3913
3914	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
3915	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
3916
3917	struct list_head wdev_list;
3918
3919	/* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
3920	possible_net_t _net;
3921
3922#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
3923	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
3924#endif
3925
3926	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
3927
3928	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
3929	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
3930	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
3931
3932	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
3933
3934	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
3935	u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
3936
3937	u32 bss_select_support;
3938
3939	u64 cookie_counter;
3940
3941	u8 nan_supported_bands;
3942
3943	char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3944};
3945
3946static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3947{
3948	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
3949}
3950
3951static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
3952{
3953	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
3954}
3955
3956/**
3957 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
3958 *
3959 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
3960 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
3961 */
3962static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3963{
3964	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
3965	return &wiphy->priv;
3966}
3967
3968/**
3969 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
3970 *
3971 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
3972 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
3973 */
3974static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
3975{
3976	BUG_ON(!priv);
3977	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
3978}
3979
3980/**
3981 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
3982 *
3983 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
3984 * @dev: The device to parent it to
3985 */
3986static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
3987{
3988	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
3989}
3990
3991/**
3992 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
3993 *
3994 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
3995 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
3996 */
3997static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3998{
3999	return wiphy->dev.parent;
4000}
4001
4002/**
4003 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4004 *
4005 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4006 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4007 */
4008static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4009{
4010	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4011}
4012
4013/**
4014 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4015 *
4016 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4017 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4018 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4019 *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4020 *
4021 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4022 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4023 *
4024 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4025 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4026 */
4027struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4028			   const char *requested_name);
4029
4030/**
4031 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4032 *
4033 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4034 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4035 *
4036 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4037 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4038 *
4039 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4040 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4041 */
4042static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4043				      int sizeof_priv)
4044{
4045	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4046}
4047
4048/**
4049 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4050 *
4051 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4052 *
4053 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4054 */
4055int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4056
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4057/**
4058 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4059 *
4060 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4061 *
4062 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4063 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4064 * request that is being handled.
4065 */
4066void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4067
4068/**
4069 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4070 *
4071 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4072 */
4073void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4074
4075/* internal structs */
4076struct cfg80211_conn;
4077struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4078struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4079struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4080
4081/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4082 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4083 *
4084 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4085 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4086 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4087 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4088 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
 
 
 
4089 *
4090 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4091 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4092 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4093 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4094 *
4095 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4096 * @iftype: interface type
 
 
 
4097 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4098 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4099 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4100 *	wireless device if it has no netdev
4101 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4102 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4103 *	the user-set channel definition.
4104 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4105 *	track the channel to be used for AP later
4106 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4107 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4108 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4109 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4110 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4111 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4112 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4113 *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4114 *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4115 *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
4116 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4117 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4118 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4119 *	and some API functions require it held
4120 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4121 *	beacons, 0 when not valid
4122 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4123 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4124 *	the P2P Device.
4125 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4126 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4127 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4128 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4129 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4130 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4131 *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4132 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4133 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4134 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4135 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4136 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4137 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4138 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4139 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4140 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4141 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4142 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4143 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
 
4144 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4145 */
4146struct wireless_dev {
4147	struct wiphy *wiphy;
4148	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4149
4150	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4151	struct list_head list;
4152	struct net_device *netdev;
4153
4154	u32 identifier;
4155
4156	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4157	spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4158
4159	struct mutex mtx;
4160
4161	bool use_4addr, is_running;
4162
4163	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4164
4165	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4166	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4167	u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4168	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4169	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4170	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4171	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4172
4173	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4174	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4175
4176	struct list_head event_list;
4177	spinlock_t event_lock;
4178
4179	struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4180	struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4181	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4182
4183	bool ibss_fixed;
4184	bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4185
4186	bool ps;
4187	int ps_timeout;
4188
4189	int beacon_interval;
4190
4191	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4192
4193	u32 owner_nlportid;
4194	bool nl_owner_dead;
4195
4196	bool cac_started;
4197	unsigned long cac_start_time;
4198	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4199
4200#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4201	/* wext data */
4202	struct {
4203		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
4204		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
4205		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4206		const u8 *ie;
4207		size_t ie_len;
4208		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN], prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
 
4209		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4210		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
4211		bool prev_bssid_valid;
4212	} wext;
4213#endif
4214
4215	struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4216};
4217
4218static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4219{
4220	if (wdev->netdev)
4221		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
4222	return wdev->address;
4223}
4224
4225static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4226{
4227	if (wdev->netdev)
4228		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
4229	return wdev->is_running;
4230}
4231
4232/**
4233 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
4234 *
4235 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4236 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
4237 */
4238static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4239{
4240	BUG_ON(!wdev);
4241	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
4242}
4243
4244/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4245 * DOC: Utility functions
4246 *
4247 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
4248 */
4249
4250/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4251 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
4252 * @chan: channel number
4253 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
4254 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
4255 */
4256int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4257
4258/**
4259 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
4260 * @freq: center frequency
4261 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
4262 */
4263int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4264
4265/**
4266 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
4267 *
4268 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
4269 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
4270 *
4271 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
4272 */
4273struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4274
4275/**
4276 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
4277 *
4278 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4279 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
4280 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
4281 *
4282 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
4283 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
4284 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
4285 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
4286 */
4287struct ieee80211_rate *
4288ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4289			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
4290
4291/**
4292 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
4293 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4294 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
4295 *
4296 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
4297 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
4298 */
4299u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4300			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
4301
4302/*
4303 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
4304 *
4305 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
4306 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
4307 */
4308
4309struct radiotap_align_size {
4310	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
4311};
4312
4313struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
4314	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
4315	int n_bits;
4316	uint32_t oui;
4317	uint8_t subns;
4318};
4319
4320struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
4321	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
4322	int n_ns;
4323};
4324
4325/**
4326 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
4327 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
4328 *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
4329 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
4330 *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
4331 *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
4332 *	the beginning of the actual data portion
4333 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
4334 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
4335 *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
4336 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
4337 *	radiotap namespace or not
4338 *
4339 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
4340 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
4341 * @_arg_index: next argument index
4342 * @_arg: next argument pointer
4343 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
4344 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
4345 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
4346 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
4347 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
4348 *	next bitmap word
4349 *
4350 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
4351 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
4352 */
4353
4354struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
4355	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
4356	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
4357	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
4358
4359	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
4360	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
4361
4362	unsigned char *this_arg;
4363	int this_arg_index;
4364	int this_arg_size;
4365
4366	int is_radiotap_ns;
4367
4368	int _max_length;
4369	int _arg_index;
4370	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
4371	int _reset_on_ext;
4372};
4373
4374int
4375ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
4376				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
4377				 int max_length,
4378				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
4379
4380int
4381ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
4382
4383
4384extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
4385extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
4386
4387/**
4388 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
4389 *
4390 * @skb: the frame
4391 *
4392 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
4393 * returns the 802.11 header length.
4394 *
4395 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
4396 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
4397 * 802.11 header.
4398 */
4399unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
4400
4401/**
4402 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
4403 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
4404 * Return: The header length in bytes.
4405 */
4406unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
4407
4408/**
4409 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
4410 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
4411 *	(first byte) will be accessed
4412 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
4413 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
4414 */
4415unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
4416
4417/**
4418 * DOC: Data path helpers
4419 *
4420 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
4421 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
4422 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
4423 */
4424
4425/**
4426 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
4427 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
4428 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
4429 *	of it being pushed into the SKB
4430 * @addr: the device MAC address
4431 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
4432 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
 
4433 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
4434 */
4435int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
4436				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
4437				  u8 data_offset);
4438
4439/**
4440 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
4441 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
4442 * @addr: the device MAC address
4443 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
4444 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
4445 */
4446static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
4447					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
4448{
4449	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
4450}
4451
4452/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4453 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
4454 *
4455 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
4456 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
4457 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
4458 *
4459 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
4460 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
4461 *	initialized by by the caller.
4462 * @addr: The device MAC address.
4463 * @iftype: The device interface type.
4464 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
4465 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
4466 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
 
4467 */
4468void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
4469			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
4470			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
4471			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4472
4473/**
4474 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
4475 * @skb: the data frame
4476 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
4477 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
4478 */
4479unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
4480				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
4481
4482/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4483 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
4484 *
4485 * @eid: element ID
4486 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4487 * @len: length of data
4488 * @match: byte array to match
4489 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
4490 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
4491 *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
4492 *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
4493 *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
4494 *	the second byte is the IE length.
4495 *
4496 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
4497 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
4498 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
4499 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
4500 * element ID.
4501 *
4502 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
4503 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
4504 * byte array to match.
4505 */
4506const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len,
4507				 const u8 *match, int match_len,
4508				 int match_offset);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4509
4510/**
4511 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
4512 *
4513 * @eid: element ID
4514 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4515 * @len: length of data
4516 *
4517 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
4518 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
4519 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
4520 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
4521 *
4522 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
4523 * having to fit into the given data.
4524 */
4525static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
4526{
4527	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
4528}
4529
4530/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4531 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
4532 *
4533 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
4534 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4535 * @len: length of data
4536 *
4537 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
4538 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
4539 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
4540 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
4541 *
4542 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
4543 * having to fit into the given data.
4544 */
4545static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
4546{
4547	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
4548				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
4549}
4550
4551/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4552 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
4553 *
4554 * @oui: vendor OUI
4555 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
4556 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4557 * @len: length of data
4558 *
4559 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
4560 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
4561 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
4562 * element ID.
4563 *
4564 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
4565 * the given data.
4566 */
4567const u8 *cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
4568				  const u8 *ies, int len);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4569
4570/**
4571 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
4572 *
4573 * TODO
4574 */
4575
4576/**
4577 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
4578 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
4579 *	conflicts)
4580 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
4581 * 	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
4582 * 	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
4583 * 	alpha2.
4584 *
4585 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
4586 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
4587 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
4588 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
4589 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
4590 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
4591 *
4592 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
4593 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
4594 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
4595 *
4596 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
4597 * an -ENOMEM.
4598 *
4599 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
4600 */
4601int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
4602
4603/**
4604 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
4605 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
4606 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
4607 *
4608 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
4609 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
4610 * information.
4611 *
4612 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
4613 */
4614int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4615			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
4616
4617/**
4618 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
4619 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
4620 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
4621 *
4622 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
4623 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
4624 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
4625 *
4626 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
4627 */
4628int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4629					struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
4630
4631/**
4632 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
4633 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
4634 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
4635 *
4636 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
4637 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
4638 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
4639 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
4640 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
4641 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
4642 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
4643 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
4644 * that called this helper.
4645 */
4646void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4647				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
4648
4649/**
4650 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
4651 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
4652 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
4653 *
4654 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
4655 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
4656 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
4657 * and processed already.
4658 *
4659 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
4660 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
4661 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
4662 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
4663 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
4664 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
4665 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
4666 */
4667const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4668					       u32 center_freq);
4669
4670/**
4671 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
4672 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
4673 *
4674 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
4675 * proper string representation.
 
 
4676 */
4677const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
4678
4679/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4680 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
4681 *
4682 */
4683
4684/**
4685 * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
4686 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
4687 *
4688 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
4689 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
4690 * @ptr: pointer where the regdb wmm data is to be stored (or %NULL if
4691 *	irrelevant). This can be used later for deduplication.
4692 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
4693 *
4694 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
4695 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
4696 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
4697 *
4698 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
4699 * an -ENODATA.
4700 *
4701 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
4702 */
4703int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, u32 *ptr,
4704			struct ieee80211_wmm_rule *rule);
4705
4706/*
4707 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
4708 * functions and BSS handling helpers
4709 */
4710
4711/**
4712 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
4713 *
4714 * @request: the corresponding scan request
4715 * @info: information about the completed scan
4716 */
4717void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
4718			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
4719
4720/**
4721 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
4722 *
4723 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
4724 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4725 */
4726void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4727
4728/**
4729 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
4730 *
4731 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
4732 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4733 *
4734 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
4735 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
4736 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
4737 */
4738void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4739
4740/**
4741 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
4742 *
4743 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
4744 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4745 *
4746 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
4747 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
4748 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
4749 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
4750 */
4751void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4752
4753/**
4754 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
4755 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
4756 * @data: the BSS metadata
4757 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
4758 * @len: length of the management frame
4759 * @gfp: context flags
4760 *
4761 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
4762 * the BSS should be updated/added.
4763 *
4764 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
4765 * Or %NULL on error.
4766 */
4767struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4768cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4769			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
4770			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4771			       gfp_t gfp);
4772
4773static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4774cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4775				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4776				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
4777				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4778				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4779{
4780	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4781		.chan = rx_channel,
4782		.scan_width = scan_width,
4783		.signal = signal,
4784	};
4785
4786	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
4787}
4788
4789static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4790cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4791			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4792			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4793			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4794{
4795	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4796		.chan = rx_channel,
4797		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4798		.signal = signal,
4799	};
4800
4801	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
4802}
4803
4804/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4805 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
4806 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
4807 *	from a beacon or probe response
4808 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
4809 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
 
4810 */
4811enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
4812	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
4813	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
4814	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
 
4815};
4816
4817/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4818 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
4819 *
4820 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
4821 * @data: the BSS metadata
4822 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
4823 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
4824 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
4825 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
4826 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
4827 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
4828 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
4829 * @gfp: context flags
4830 *
4831 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
4832 * the BSS should be updated/added.
4833 *
4834 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
4835 * Or %NULL on error.
4836 */
4837struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4838cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4839			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
4840			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4841			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4842			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4843			 gfp_t gfp);
4844
4845static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4846cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4847			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4848			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
4849			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4850			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4851			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4852			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4853{
4854	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4855		.chan = rx_channel,
4856		.scan_width = scan_width,
4857		.signal = signal,
4858	};
4859
4860	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
4861					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
4862					gfp);
4863}
4864
4865static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4866cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4867		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4868		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4869		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4870		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4871		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4872{
4873	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4874		.chan = rx_channel,
4875		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4876		.signal = signal,
4877	};
4878
4879	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
4880					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
4881					gfp);
4882}
4883
4884/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4885 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
4886 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4887 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
4888 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
4889 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
4890 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
4891 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
4892 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
 
 
 
 
4893 */
4894struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4895				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
4896				      const u8 *bssid,
4897				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
4898				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
4899				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
 
 
 
 
 
4900static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
4901cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4902		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
4903		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
4904{
4905	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
4906				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
4907				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
4908}
4909
4910/**
4911 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
4912 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4913 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
4914 *
4915 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
4916 */
4917void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4918
4919/**
4920 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
4921 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4922 * @bss: the BSS struct
4923 *
4924 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
4925 */
4926void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4927
4928/**
4929 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
4930 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4931 * @bss: the bss to remove
4932 *
4933 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
4934 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
4935 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
4936 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
4937 */
4938void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4939
4940static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
4941cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
4942{
4943	switch (chandef->width) {
4944	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
4945		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
4946	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
4947		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
4948	default:
4949		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
4950	}
4951}
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4952
4953/**
4954 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
4955 * @dev: network device
4956 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
4957 * @len: length of the frame data
4958 *
4959 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
4960 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
4961 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
4962 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4963 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
4964 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4965 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
4966 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
4967 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
4968 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
4969 *
4970 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4971 */
4972void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4973
4974/**
4975 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
4976 * @dev: network device
4977 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
4978 *
4979 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
4980 * mutex.
4981 */
4982void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
4983
4984/**
4985 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
4986 * @dev: network device
4987 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
4988 *	moves to cfg80211 in this call
4989 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
4990 * @len: length of the frame data
4991 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
4992 *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4993 *
4994 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
4995 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4996 *
4997 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4998 */
4999void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
5000			    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5001			    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5002			    int uapsd_queues);
5003
5004/**
5005 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5006 * @dev: network device
5007 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5008 *
5009 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
 
 
5010 */
5011void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
 
 
 
 
5012
5013/**
5014 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
5015 * @dev: network device
5016 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
5017 *
5018 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
5019 * an association attempt was abandoned.
5020 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5021 */
5022void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
 
5023
5024/**
5025 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5026 * @dev: network device
5027 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5028 * @len: length of the frame data
 
5029 *
5030 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5031 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5032 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
5033 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5034 */
5035void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
 
5036
5037/**
5038 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
5039 * @dev: network device
5040 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
5041 * @len: length of the frame data
5042 *
5043 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
5044 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
5045 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
 
 
 
 
5046 */
5047void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
5048				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5049
5050/**
5051 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
5052 * @dev: network device
5053 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
5054 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
5055 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
5056 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
5057 * @gfp: allocation flags
5058 *
5059 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
5060 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
5061 * primitive.
5062 */
5063void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
5064				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
5065				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
5066
5067/**
5068 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
5069 *
5070 * @dev: network device
5071 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
5072 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
5073 * @gfp: allocation flags
5074 *
5075 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
5076 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
5077 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
5078 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
5079 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
5080 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
5081 */
5082void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5083			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
5084
5085/**
5086 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
 
5087 *
5088 * @dev: network device
5089 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
5090 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
5091 * @ie_len: lenght of the information elements buffer
 
5092 * @gfp: allocation flags
5093 *
5094 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
5095 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
5096 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
5097 */
5098void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
5099		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
 
5100
5101/**
5102 * DOC: RFkill integration
5103 *
5104 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
5105 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
5106 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
5107 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
5108 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
5109 *
5110 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
5111 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
5112 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
5113 */
5114
5115/**
5116 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
5117 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5118 * @blocked: block status
 
5119 */
5120void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5121
5122/**
5123 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
5124 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5125 */
5126void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5127
5128/**
5129 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
5130 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5131 */
5132void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 
 
5133
5134/**
5135 * DOC: Vendor commands
5136 *
5137 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
5138 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
5139 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
5140 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
5141 * the configuration mechanism.
5142 *
5143 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
5144 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
5145 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
5146 *
5147 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
5148 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
5149 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
5150 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
5151 * managers etc. need.
5152 */
5153
5154struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5155					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5156					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5157					   int approxlen);
5158
5159struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5160					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5161					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5162					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
 
5163					   int vendor_event_idx,
5164					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
5165
5166void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
5167
5168/**
5169 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
5170 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5171 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5172 *	be put into the skb
5173 *
5174 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
5175 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
5176 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
5177 *
5178 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
5179 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
5180 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
5181 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
5182 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
5183 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
5184 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
5185 *
5186 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
5187 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
5188 *
5189 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5190 */
5191static inline struct sk_buff *
5192cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
5193{
5194	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5195					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
5196}
5197
5198/**
5199 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
5200 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5201 *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
5202 *
5203 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
5204 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
5205 * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
5206 * skb regardless of the return value.
5207 *
5208 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
5209 */
5210int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
5211
5212/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5213 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
5214 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5215 * @wdev: the wireless device
5216 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
5217 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5218 *	be put into the skb
5219 * @gfp: allocation flags
5220 *
5221 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
5222 * vendor-specific multicast group.
5223 *
5224 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
5225 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
5226 * attribute.
5227 *
5228 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
5229 * skb to send the event.
5230 *
5231 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5232 */
5233static inline struct sk_buff *
5234cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5235			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
5236{
5237	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5238					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
5239					  event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5240}
5241
5242/**
5243 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
5244 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
5245 * @gfp: allocation flags
5246 *
5247 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
5248 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
5249 */
5250static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
5251{
5252	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
5253}
5254
5255#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
5256/**
5257 * DOC: Test mode
5258 *
5259 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
5260 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
5261 * factory programming.
5262 *
5263 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
5264 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
5265 */
5266
5267/**
5268 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
5269 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5270 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5271 *	be put into the skb
5272 *
5273 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
5274 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
5275 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
5276 *
5277 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
5278 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
5279 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
5280 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
5281 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
5282 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
5283 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
5284 *
5285 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
5286 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
5287 *
5288 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5289 */
5290static inline struct sk_buff *
5291cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
5292{
5293	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
5294					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
5295}
5296
5297/**
5298 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
5299 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5300 *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
5301 *
5302 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
5303 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
5304 * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
5305 * regardless of the return value.
5306 *
5307 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
5308 */
5309static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
5310{
5311	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
5312}
5313
5314/**
5315 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
5316 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5317 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5318 *	be put into the skb
5319 * @gfp: allocation flags
5320 *
5321 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
5322 * testmode multicast group.
5323 *
5324 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
5325 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
5326 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
5327 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
5328 * in any other way.
5329 *
5330 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
5331 * skb to send the event.
5332 *
5333 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5334 */
5335static inline struct sk_buff *
5336cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
5337{
5338	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
5339					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, -1,
5340					  approxlen, gfp);
5341}
5342
5343/**
5344 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
5345 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5346 *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
5347 * @gfp: allocation flags
5348 *
5349 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
5350 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
5351 * consumes it.
5352 */
5353static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
5354{
5355	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
5356}
5357
5358#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
5359#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
5360#else
5361#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
5362#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
5363#endif
5364
5365/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5366 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
5367 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
5368 *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
5369 *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
5370 *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
5371 *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
5372 *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
5373 *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
5374 *	case.
5375 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
5376 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
5377 *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and
5378 *	@bss needs to be specified.
5379 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
5380 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
5381 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5382 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
5383 * @fils_kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
5384 * @fils_kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
5385 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
5386 *	@fils_erp_next_seq_num is valid.
5387 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
5388 *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
5389 *	status for a FILS connection.
5390 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
5391 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
5392 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
5393 *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
5394 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
5395 *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
5396 *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
5397 *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
5398 *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
5399 *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5400 */
5401struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
5402	int status;
5403	const u8 *bssid;
5404	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
5405	const u8 *req_ie;
5406	size_t req_ie_len;
5407	const u8 *resp_ie;
5408	size_t resp_ie_len;
5409	const u8 *fils_kek;
5410	size_t fils_kek_len;
5411	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
5412	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
5413	const u8 *pmk;
5414	size_t pmk_len;
5415	const u8 *pmkid;
5416	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5417};
5418
5419/**
5420 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
5421 *
5422 * @dev: network device
5423 * @params: connection response parameters
5424 * @gfp: allocation flags
5425 *
5426 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
5427 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
5428 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
5429 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
5430 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
5431 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5432 */
5433void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
5434			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
5435			   gfp_t gfp);
5436
5437/**
5438 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
5439 *
5440 * @dev: network device
5441 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5442 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained
5443 *	through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL)
 
 
 
 
5444 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5445 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5446 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5447 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
5448 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
5449 *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
5450 *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
5451 *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
5452 *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
5453 *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
5454 *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
5455 *	case.
5456 * @gfp: allocation flags
5457 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
5458 *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
5459 *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
5460 *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
5461 *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
5462 *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
5463 *
5464 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
5465 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
5466 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
5467 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
5468 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
5469 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5470 */
5471static inline void
5472cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5473		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
5474		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
5475		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
5476		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
5477{
5478	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
5479
5480	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
5481	params.status = status;
5482	params.bssid = bssid;
5483	params.bss = bss;
5484	params.req_ie = req_ie;
5485	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
5486	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
5487	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
5488	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
5489
5490	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
5491}
5492
5493/**
5494 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
5495 *
5496 * @dev: network device
5497 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5498 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5499 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5500 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5501 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
5502 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
5503 *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
5504 *	the real status code for failures.
5505 * @gfp: allocation flags
5506 *
5507 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
5508 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
5509 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
5510 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
5511 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5512 */
5513static inline void
5514cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5515			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
5516			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
5517			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
5518{
5519	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
5520			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
5521			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
5522}
5523
5524/**
5525 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
5526 *
5527 * @dev: network device
5528 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5529 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5530 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5531 * @gfp: allocation flags
5532 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
5533 *
5534 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
5535 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
5536 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
5537 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
5538 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
5539 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
5540 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5541 */
5542static inline void
5543cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5544			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
5545			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
5546{
5547	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
5548			     gfp, timeout_reason);
5549}
5550
5551/**
5552 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
5553 *
5554 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
5555 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
5556 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
5557 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5558 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5559 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5560 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5561 */
5562struct cfg80211_roam_info {
5563	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
5564	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
5565	const u8 *bssid;
5566	const u8 *req_ie;
5567	size_t req_ie_len;
5568	const u8 *resp_ie;
5569	size_t resp_ie_len;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5570};
5571
5572/**
5573 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
5574 *
5575 * @dev: network device
5576 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
5577 * @gfp: allocation flags
5578 *
5579 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
5580 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
5581 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
5582 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
5583 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
5584 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
5585 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
5586 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
5587 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
5588 * released while diconneting from the current bss.
5589 */
5590void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
5591		     gfp_t gfp);
5592
5593/**
5594 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
5595 *
5596 * @dev: network device
5597 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
 
 
 
5598 * @gfp: allocation flags
5599 *
5600 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
5601 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
5602 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
5603 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
5604 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
5605 * indicate the 802.11 association.
 
 
 
5606 */
5607void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5608			      gfp_t gfp);
5609
5610/**
5611 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
5612 *
5613 * @dev: network device
5614 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
5615 * @ie_len: length of IEs
5616 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
5617 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
5618 * @gfp: allocation flags
5619 *
5620 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
5621 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
5622 */
5623void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
5624			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
5625			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
5626
5627/**
5628 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
5629 * @wdev: wireless device
5630 * @cookie: the request cookie
5631 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
5632 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
5633 *	channel
5634 * @gfp: allocation flags
5635 */
5636void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5637			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
5638			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
5639
5640/**
5641 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5642 * @wdev: wireless device
5643 * @cookie: the request cookie
5644 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
5645 * @gfp: allocation flags
5646 */
5647void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5648					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
5649					gfp_t gfp);
5650
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5651
5652/**
5653 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
5654 *
5655 * @dev: the netdev
5656 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5657 * @sinfo: the station information
5658 * @gfp: allocation flags
5659 */
5660void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
5661		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
5662
5663/**
5664 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
5665 * @dev: the netdev
5666 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5667 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
5668 * @gfp: allocation flags
5669 */
5670void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
5671			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
5672
5673/**
5674 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
5675 *
5676 * @dev: the netdev
5677 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5678 * @gfp: allocation flags
5679 */
5680static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
5681				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
5682{
5683	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
5684}
5685
5686/**
5687 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
5688 *
5689 * @dev: the netdev
5690 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5691 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
5692 * @gfp: allocation flags
5693 *
5694 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
5695 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
5696 * for some reasons, this function is called.
5697 *
5698 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
5699 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
5700 */
5701void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
5702			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
5703			  gfp_t gfp);
5704
5705/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5706 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
5707 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
5708 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
5709 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
5710 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
5711 * @len: length of the frame data
5712 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
5713 *
5714 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
5715 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
5716 *
5717 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
5718 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
5719 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
5720 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
5721 */
5722bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
5723		      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5724
5725/**
5726 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
5727 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
5728 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
5729 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
5730 * @len: length of the frame data
5731 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
5732 * @gfp: context flags
5733 *
5734 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
5735 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
5736 * transmission attempt.
5737 */
5738void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5739			     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5741
5742/**
5743 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
5744 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
5745 * @buf: control port frame
5746 * @len: length of the frame data
5747 * @addr: The peer from which the frame was received
5748 * @proto: frame protocol, typically PAE or Pre-authentication
 
5749 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
 
5750 *
5751 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
5752 * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
5753 * control port frames over nl80211.
5754 *
5755 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
5756 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
5757 *
5758 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
5759 */
5760bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
5761			      const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5762			      const u8 *addr, u16 proto, bool unencrypted);
5763
5764/**
5765 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
5766 * @dev: network device
5767 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
5768 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
5769 * @gfp: context flags
5770 *
5771 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
5772 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
5773 */
5774void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5775			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
5776			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
5777
5778/**
5779 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
5780 * @dev: network device
5781 * @peer: peer's MAC address
5782 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
5783 *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
5784 *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
5785 * @gfp: context flags
5786 */
5787void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5788				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
5789
5790/**
5791 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
5792 * @dev: network device
5793 * @peer: peer's MAC address
5794 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
5795 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
5796 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
5797 * @gfp: context flags
5798 *
5799 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
5800 * given interval is exceeded.
5801 */
5802void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
5803			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
5804
5805/**
5806 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
5807 * @dev: network device
5808 * @gfp: context flags
5809 *
5810 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
5811 */
5812void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
5813
5814/**
5815 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
5816 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5817 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
 
5818 * @gfp: context flags
5819 *
5820 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
5821 */
5822void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5823			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5824
5825/**
5826 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
5827 * @dev: network device
5828 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
5829 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
5830 * @gfp: context flags
5831 *
5832 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
5833 * frame.
5834 */
5835void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
5836				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
5837				       gfp_t gfp);
5838
5839/**
5840 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
5841 * @netdev: network device
5842 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
5843 * @event: type of event
5844 * @gfp: context flags
 
5845 *
5846 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
5847 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
5848 * also by full-MAC drivers.
5849 */
5850void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
5851			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5852			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
 
5853
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5854
5855/**
5856 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
5857 * @dev: network device
5858 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
5859 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
5860 * @gfp: allocation flags
5861 */
5862void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5863			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5864
5865/**
5866 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
5867 * @dev: network device
5868 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
5869 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
5870 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
5871 * @gfp: allocation flags
5872 */
5873void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
5874				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
5875
5876/**
5877 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
5878 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
5879 * @addr: the transmitter address
5880 * @gfp: context flags
5881 *
5882 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
5883 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
5884 * sender.
5885 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
5886 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
5887 */
5888bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
5889				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
5890
5891/**
5892 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
5893 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
5894 * @addr: the transmitter address
5895 * @gfp: context flags
5896 *
5897 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
5898 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
5899 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
5900 * station to avoid event flooding.
5901 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
5902 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
5903 */
5904bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
5905					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
5906
5907/**
5908 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
5909 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
5910 * @addr: the address of the peer
5911 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
5912 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
5913 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
5914 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
5915 * @gfp: allocation flags
5916 */
5917void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
5918			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
5919			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
5920
5921/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5922 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
5923 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
5924 * @frame: the frame
5925 * @len: length of the frame
5926 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
5927 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
5928 *
5929 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
5930 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
5931 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
5932 */
5933void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5934				 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
5935				 int freq, int sig_dbm);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5936
5937/**
5938 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
5939 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5940 * @chandef: the channel definition
5941 * @iftype: interface type
5942 *
5943 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
5944 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
5945 */
5946bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5947			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5948			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5949
5950/**
5951 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
5952 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5953 * @chandef: the channel definition
5954 * @iftype: interface type
5955 *
5956 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
5957 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
5958 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
5959 * more permissive conditions.
5960 *
5961 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
5962 */
5963bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5964				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5965				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
 
 
 
 
 
 
5966
5967/*
 
 
 
5968 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
5969 * @dev: the device which switched channels
5970 * @chandef: the new channel definition
 
5971 *
5972 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
5973 * driver context!
5974 */
5975void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5976			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 
5977
5978/*
5979 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
5980 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
5981 * @chandef: the future channel definition
 
5982 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
 
5983 *
5984 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
5985 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
5986 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
5987 */
5988void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5989				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5990				       u8 count);
 
5991
5992/**
5993 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
5994 *
5995 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
5996 * @band: band pointer to fill
5997 *
5998 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
5999 */
6000bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
6001				       enum nl80211_band *band);
6002
6003/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6004 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
6005 *
6006 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
6007 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
6008 *
6009 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
6010 */
6011bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6012					  u8 *op_class);
6013
6014/*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6015 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
6016 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
6017 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
6018 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
6019 *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
6020 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
6021 * @gfp: allocation flags
6022 *
6023 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
6024 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
6025 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
6026 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
6027 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
6028 */
6029void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6030				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6031				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
6032
6033/*
6034 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
6035 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
6036 *
6037 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
6038 */
6039u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
6040
6041/**
6042 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
6043 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
6044 *
6045 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
6046 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
6047 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
6048 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
6049 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
6050 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
6051 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
6052 *
6053 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
6054 */
6055void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
6056
6057/**
6058 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6059 * @ies: FT IEs
6060 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
6061 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
6062 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
6063 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
6064 */
6065struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
6066	const u8 *ies;
6067	size_t ies_len;
6068	const u8 *target_ap;
6069	const u8 *ric_ies;
6070	size_t ric_ies_len;
6071};
6072
6073/**
6074 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
6075 * @netdev: network device
6076 * @ft_event: IE information
6077 */
6078void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6079		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
6080
6081/**
6082 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
6083 * @ies: the input IE buffer
6084 * @len: the input length
6085 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
6086 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
6087 *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
6088 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
6089 *
6090 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
6091 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
6092 *
6093 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
6094 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
6095 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
6096 */
6097int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
6098			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
6099			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
6100
6101/**
6102 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
6103 * @ies: the IE buffer
6104 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6105 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6106 *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
6107 *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6108 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
6109 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
6110 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
6111 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
6112 *
6113 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
6114 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
6115 * split.
6116 *
6117 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
6118 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
6119 *
6120 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
6121 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
6122 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
6123 *
6124 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
6125 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
6126 * of the buffer should be used.
6127 */
6128size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
6129			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
6130			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
6131			      size_t offset);
6132
6133/**
6134 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
6135 * @ies: the IE buffer
6136 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6137 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6138 *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
6139 *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6140 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
6141 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
6142 *
6143 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
6144 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
6145 * split.
6146 *
6147 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
6148 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
6149 *
6150 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
6151 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
6152 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
6153 *
6154 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
6155 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
6156 * of the buffer should be used.
6157 */
6158static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
6159					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
6160{
6161	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
6162}
6163
6164/**
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6165 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
6166 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
6167 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
6168 * @gfp: allocation flags
6169 *
6170 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
6171 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
6172 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
6173 * else caused the wakeup.
6174 */
6175void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6176				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6177				   gfp_t gfp);
6178
6179/**
6180 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
6181 *
6182 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
6183 * @gfp: allocation flags
6184 *
6185 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
6186 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
6187 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
6188 */
6189void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
6190
6191/**
6192 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
6193 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6194 *
6195 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
6196 */
6197unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6198
6199/**
6200 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
6201 *
6202 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6203 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
6204 *
6205 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
6206 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
6207 * the interface combinations.
 
 
6208 */
6209int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6210				struct iface_combination_params *params);
6211
6212/**
6213 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
6214 *
6215 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6216 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
6217 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
6218 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
6219 *
6220 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
6221 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
6222 * purposes.
 
 
6223 */
6224int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6225			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
6226			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
6227					    void *data),
6228			       void *data);
6229
6230/*
6231 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
6232 *
6233 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6234 * @wdev: wireless device
6235 * @gfp: context flags
6236 *
6237 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
6238 * disconnected.
6239 *
6240 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
6241 */
6242void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6243			 gfp_t gfp);
6244
6245/**
6246 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
6247 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
6248 *
6249 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
6250 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
6251 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
6252 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
6253 *
6254 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
6255 * the driver while the function is running.
6256 */
6257void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6258
6259/**
6260 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
6261 *
6262 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
6263 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
6264 *
6265 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
6266 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
6267 */
6268static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6269					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
6270{
6271	u8 *ft_byte;
6272
6273	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
6274	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
6275}
6276
6277/**
6278 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
6279 *
6280 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
6281 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
6282 *
6283 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
6284 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
 
 
6285 */
6286static inline bool
6287wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6288			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
6289{
6290	u8 ft_byte;
6291
6292	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
6293	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
6294}
6295
6296/**
6297 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
6298 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
6299 *
6300 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
6301 */
6302void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
6303
6304/**
6305 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
6306 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
6307 *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
6308 *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
6309 *	 result.
6310 *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
6311 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6312 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
6313 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
6314 * @info_len: the length of the &info
6315 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
6316 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
6317 */
6318struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
6319	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
6320	u8 inst_id;
6321	u8 peer_inst_id;
6322	const u8 *addr;
6323	u8 info_len;
6324	const u8 *info;
6325	u64 cookie;
6326};
6327
6328/**
6329 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
6330 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
6331 * @match: match notification parameters
6332 * @gfp: allocation flags
6333 *
6334 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
6335 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
6336 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
6337 */
6338void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6339			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
6340
6341/**
6342 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6343 *
6344 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
6345 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6346 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6347 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
6348 * @gfp: allocation flags
6349 *
6350 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
6351 */
6352void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6353				  u8 inst_id,
6354				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6355				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
6356
6357/* ethtool helper */
6358void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
6359
6360/**
6361 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
6362 * @netdev: network device
6363 * @params: External authentication parameters
6364 * @gfp: allocation flags
6365 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
6366 */
6367int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
6368				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
6369				   gfp_t gfp);
6370
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6371/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
6372
6373/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
6374
6375#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
6376	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6377#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6378	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6379#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6380	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6381#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6382	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6383#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6384	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6385#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6386	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6387#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6388	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6389#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6390	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6391
6392#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6393	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
6394
6395#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6396	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6397
6398#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
6399#define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
6400#else
6401#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
6402({									\
6403	if (0)								\
6404		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
6405	0;								\
6406})
6407#endif
6408
6409/*
6410 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
6411 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
6412 * file/line information and a backtrace.
6413 */
6414#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6415	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6416
6417#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */